<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mys18</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mys18"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Mys18"/>
	<updated>2026-05-16T08:36:17Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812949</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812949"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:19:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* EXERCISE 1: H + H2 system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{fontcolor1|green|Overall this is a very well put together report in terms of presentation and also your answers. You have provided clear explanations and in depth discussions throughout. Great job in including references. Keep up the great work!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:19, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Exactly! and we visually see a more wavy line for dynamic.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:06, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Precisely! Really good finds. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:07, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This a great discussion. What are the other TST assumptions. What is one assumption that may not have as big of an impact but still must be considered (hint - quantum tunnelling...)[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:09, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. We can take this further and explain why HF has a stronger bond than H2 (your bonding knowledge) and then you can search literature for bond energy values for HF and H2 to further support your explanation. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:11, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Spot on!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:12, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|That is true. We can even look into IR and something called Infrared chemiluminescence (consider molecules being excited to excited states and then back to ground state).  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, it would have been nice to see the trajectories you tested. Additionally, you can include &#039;late/early&#039; energy barriers to make your answers fuller. But good understanding of Polanyi&#039;s rules shown! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812948</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812948"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:18:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* The Reverse Reaction: H + HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Exactly! and we visually see a more wavy line for dynamic.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:06, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Precisely! Really good finds. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:07, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This a great discussion. What are the other TST assumptions. What is one assumption that may not have as big of an impact but still must be considered (hint - quantum tunnelling...)[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:09, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. We can take this further and explain why HF has a stronger bond than H2 (your bonding knowledge) and then you can search literature for bond energy values for HF and H2 to further support your explanation. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:11, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Spot on!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:12, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|That is true. We can even look into IR and something called Infrared chemiluminescence (consider molecules being excited to excited states and then back to ground state).  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, it would have been nice to see the trajectories you tested. Additionally, you can include &#039;late/early&#039; energy barriers to make your answers fuller. But good understanding of Polanyi&#039;s rules shown! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812947</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812947"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:15:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Exactly! and we visually see a more wavy line for dynamic.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:06, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Precisely! Really good finds. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:07, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This a great discussion. What are the other TST assumptions. What is one assumption that may not have as big of an impact but still must be considered (hint - quantum tunnelling...)[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:09, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. We can take this further and explain why HF has a stronger bond than H2 (your bonding knowledge) and then you can search literature for bond energy values for HF and H2 to further support your explanation. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:11, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Spot on!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:12, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|That is true. We can even look into IR and something called Infrared chemiluminescence (consider molecules being excited to excited states and then back to ground state).  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812946</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812946"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:12:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Locating the Transition State */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Exactly! and we visually see a more wavy line for dynamic.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:06, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Precisely! Really good finds. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:07, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This a great discussion. What are the other TST assumptions. What is one assumption that may not have as big of an impact but still must be considered (hint - quantum tunnelling...)[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:09, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. We can take this further and explain why HF has a stronger bond than H2 (your bonding knowledge) and then you can search literature for bond energy values for HF and H2 to further support your explanation. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:11, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Spot on!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:12, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812945</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812945"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:11:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* PES inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Exactly! and we visually see a more wavy line for dynamic.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:06, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Precisely! Really good finds. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:07, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This a great discussion. What are the other TST assumptions. What is one assumption that may not have as big of an impact but still must be considered (hint - quantum tunnelling...)[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:09, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. We can take this further and explain why HF has a stronger bond than H2 (your bonding knowledge) and then you can search literature for bond energy values for HF and H2 to further support your explanation. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:11, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812944</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812944"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:09:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Transition State Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Exactly! and we visually see a more wavy line for dynamic.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:06, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Precisely! Really good finds. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:07, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This a great discussion. What are the other TST assumptions. What is one assumption that may not have as big of an impact but still must be considered (hint - quantum tunnelling...)[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:09, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812943</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812943"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:07:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Exactly! and we visually see a more wavy line for dynamic.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:06, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Precisely! Really good finds. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:07, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812942</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812942"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:06:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Exactly! and we visually see a more wavy line for dynamic.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:06, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812941</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812941"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:05:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:05, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812940</id>
		<title>MRD:01512138</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01512138&amp;diff=812940"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T10:04:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Dynamics From the Transition State Region */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state on a potential energy surface (PES) is mathematically defined as the (stationary) point at which the gradient of the potential is zero: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. The transition-state structure is a saddle point that lies on the lowest energy path between two minima: physically it is the highest energy point on a reaction coordinate and the minima correspond to stable chemical species (reactants and products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a trajectory with zero initial momentum is launched at the transition state it will remain at that exact point forever. When the geometry is perturbed from this point in the direction of the reactants or products, the system will &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactant or product states respectively. This makes the location of the transition state discernible by initiating one of the trajectories close to the transition state. The reactants, products and intermediates share the mathematical property of zero gradient and are all stationary points of the PES. The transition state can be distinguished from local minima by considering the Hessian matrix features: the eigenvalues of the computed matrix will disclose the mathematical nature of any stationary point. For the local minima (of non-linear molecules)the 3N-6 eigenvalues are all positive as movement in any direction will increase the energy. For the transition state, 3N-7 of these eigenvalues will be positive but one will be negative. This saddle point has minimum energy paths in the directions of local minima (reactants, products and intermediates) which represent the reaction coordinates, but the also represents a point of maximum energy. The eigenvector associated with he negative eigenvalue will reveal the direction of the reaction coordinate path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Nice! To distinguish between TS and LM I would look to taking the second derivative. If it is a local minimum then I would expect a positive value in all directions. If it is a TS, as you mentioned is a saddle point on a PES, so it will give a negative value but in an orthogonal direction to that the value will then be positive - that will identify the TS. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 11:04, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the symmetric H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface the transition state was located considering r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. An estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.77 ppm. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance A-B = B-C = A-C = 0 showing that there is no oscillation of the atoms along the ridge r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_H_+_H2.png|300px|thumb|centre|Figure 1. A plot showing the internuclear distance as a function of time at the transition state position for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2. shows the minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;) trajectory run at the transition state; the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Any point on the path is at an energy minimum in all directions perpendicular to the path and there is &amp;quot;infinite friction&amp;quot; acting on the system. This frictional force means that the system can gain no momentum and &amp;quot;rolls&amp;quot; along the lowest energy path. Contrary to this, the dynamics trajectory (Figure 3.) shows the system has some vibrational energy as the atoms oscillate. This is because of the momentum is increasing and the force on the atoms builds up and leads to vibration. The dynamics calculation therefore represents the system more realistically than the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory, since the atoms will have some vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_MEP_displaced.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 2. A plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_Dynamics_displaced.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3. A plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, where the initial position of H was displaced by 1 pm from the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” dynamics trajectories for the displacement described above, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, against r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is apparent that the products of each reactive pathway are different. In the dynamics trajectory described above, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where as with new the initial conditions,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the products are H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The trajectories are identical however the change in the displacement of specific atoms leads to this variation in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 4. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 5. An “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise in the &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plots for each set of initial conditions, the plots illustrate how in each trajectory leads to the system &#039;rolling&#039; into different sets of products. The products are represented in each case by the oscillating momentum as a function of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r1_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 6. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_r2_dynamics_heg18.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 7. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the dynamics trajectory of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Determining the conditions for a reactive trajectory starting in the region of the reactants and passing near the transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || The energy of the system is greater than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system passes over the transition state and forms the products. The atoms have some vibrational energy after the reaction has occurred and oscillate as they follow the reaction path. || [[File: Table_1_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || The energy of the system is less than the activation energy of the reaction, so the system does not reach the saddle point and the reaction does not occur (ie. an unreactive trajectory) and the system falls back to the reactants. || [[File: Table_2_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || For this reactive pathway, the system has sufficient energy to pass the saddle point and hence form the products. However, since the initial momentum of one of the atoms was greater, the resulting products have more vibrational energy than the product in the first trajectory. || [[File: Table_3_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The energy of the system is sufficient to overcome the saddle point of the reaction pathway, however the products formed have a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the bond formed is broken as the system passes over the saddle point again and reverts back to the reactants. This trajectory is called barrier recrossing and since it ends with the reactants being formed, it is not a reactive pathway. || [[File: Table_4_heg.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Here the trajectory is a reactive pathway, since it ends with the product formation. The system has the largest amount of energy and so fluctuates about the transition state until it eventually favours the products. The system has a considerable amount of vibrational energy and the atoms oscillate as they follow the reaction pathway. || [[File: Table_5_heg.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table of reaction trajectories above reveals the conditions necessary for a relative pathway: not only must the system have sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier of the reaction pathway, but they must also have an appropriate balance of this kinetic energy with the vibrational energy of the products obtained. If the vibrational energy of the products is too large, and sufficient to overcome the activation barrier to reform the products (e.g. barrier recrossing), the reactants may reform and the pathway is therefore unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory allows for the average transmission rate with which the reactant trajectories reach the divide between the reactants and products on a potential energy surface. This is a functional way for calculating the rate of chemical reactions however, it makes some assumptions that limit its accuracy. One key assumption is the presumption that all trajectories with sufficient kinetic energy to surpass the activation barrier along a reaction coordinate will be reactive: the system cannot recross the barrier in the direction of the reactants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; M. J. Pilling, P. W. Seakins Reaction Kinetics, 2nd ed., OUP, 1995 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In making this assumption the potential for barrier recrossing is ignored which, as demonstrated above, can occur practically. This means that in reality, a proportion of the trajectories with sufficient energy to surpass the activation barrier will end up reverting to the reactants, hence reducing the amount of reactive trajectories. Therefore, the actual rate of the reaction is lower than that predicted by Transition State Theory and is somewhat overestimated by the theory when compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection of the potential energy surfaces for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reaction type can be assigned according to the energetics. From the potential energy surfaces it can be seen that the activation barrier occurs early in the reaction pathway. This tells us, with reference to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, that the reaction is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state for a reaction resembles either the reactants or products depending on which it is closest to in energy. In an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactants: it is early or &#039;reactant like&#039;. Where as in an endothermic reaction the transition state is located closer to the products and is said to be late or &#039;product-like&#039;. In a similar sense, the potential energy surfaces for the H +HF system reveal that the reaction is endothermic in nature; the activation barrier occurs late in the reaction pathway.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The energetic properties are related to the bond strength of the species involved. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction a strong H-F bond is formed which will release energy and is therefore exothermic in nature. In the H +HF reaction this strong H-F bond is being broken. This is energetically demanding and therefore the products will be higher in energy than the reactants- the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above knowledge of the reaction energetics, the transition state of the F-H-H system was located as H-F=181.3 pm and H-H=74.5 pm as demonstrated in Figure. 8. This is verified by looking at a plot of the internuclear distance as a function of time: the gradient of the the distance F-H = H-H = F-H = 0 demonstrating that there is very little oscillation of the atoms and hence very little force acting on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:internuclear_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. An &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot showing the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contour plot showing the Hessian matrix eigenvectors can be used to exemplify this also: one vector shows the path of steepest accent, while the other shows the lowest energy decent towards the products. Since this is a property of the transition state it suggests this is a good estimate for the transition state location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:orthogonal_eigenvectors_ts_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 8. A contour plot zoomed in around the transition state location, showing the orthogonal eigenvectors of the F-H-H  system close to the transition state. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the reaction generating H-H and H-F were determined by running a trajectory displaced slight from the transition state, and looking at the &amp;quot;Energy vs Time&amp;quot; plots. In order to calculate the activation energy, the difference between the reactants energy and the transition state energy was determined in each case (as demonstrated in the figures below). This gave the H-H and H-F activation energy as 0.910 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 126.447 KJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|left|Figure 9. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-H. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time_H_F_heg18.png|300px|thumb|right|Figure 10. An Energy vs Time plot used to determine the activation energy barrier for the formation of H-F. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, since the attacking atom A (F) is much heavier than atoms B-C (H-H), it approaches atom B while the B-C bond breaks and the repulsion is reduced. This repulsion leads to atom B recoiling, but A-B does not recoil since the bond is still extended and hasn&#039;t yet fully formed.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This leads to a large vibrational energy in the product in comparison to the reactant molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, as seen in figure 11. This is because the energy released due to the B-C repulsion pushes B closer to atom A and there is a resulting vibration in the product A-B (F-H). This is known as &#039;&#039;mixed energy release&#039;&#039;. This increase in kinetic energy in the products compared to the reactants can be measured by calorimetry: the increased vibrational energy of the system causes a temperature change that can be measured experimentally. Since the reaction is exothermic, heat energy will be released and the temperature of the surroundings will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta_time_F_H_H_heg18.png|250px|thumb|centre|Figure 11. A &amp;quot;Momenta vs Time&amp;quot; plot for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactive trajectory. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations starting on the reactants side of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were run, initiated at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;- exploring a variety values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The animations and “Momenta vs Time” plots showed that negative momenta resulted in a system with a lower kinetic energy than the corresponding positive momenta of the same magnitude. When the system initiated with greater vibrational energy, barrier recrossing occurred where there was an imbalance of translational and vibrational energy of the system. When this occurred the animation showed the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had less kinetic energy than in the initial reactant form (ie a loss of vibrational and translational kinetic energy occurred on barrier recrossing). For the reactive pathways, where HF was generated, the opposite occurred. Here, the HF product molecule had greater energy in the form of translational kinetic energy (seen in the animation) and also greater vibrational energy (seen in the contour plot) than in the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased slightly to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; yet the overall energy of the system was considerably reduced by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; the trajectory was still reactive (and no barrier recrossing occurred). During the reaction it is clear that potential energy was converted into kinetic energy since the products move away and oscillate faster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Reverse Reaction: H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After attempting to find the reverse reaction trajectory by testing various initial conditions (low vibration motion of the H-F bond and high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), it was unsuccessful in generating a reactive reverse pathway. Likewise, use of the inversion of momentum procedure did not yield a reactive pathway: in no case did the reactants pass the activation barrier necessary to form the products. However, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules and the principle of microscopic reversibility (ie the rates of the forwards and reverse reactions are equal), for an exothermic reaction the energy provided for the reaction to occur is mostly in the form of translational energy.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Translational energy in the reactants is there most effective way to cross the activation barrier and therefore increases the rate of an exothermic process. Likewise for an endothermic reaction state, the converse is true, where the transition state is &amp;quot;product-like&amp;quot; or late, the energy provided to overcome the saddle point is mostly in the form of vibrational energy. Since this reverse reaction is endothermic, it is expected that vibrational energy in the reactants will be more efficient for overcoming the saddle point- this was evident when trying to obtain a reactive pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812939</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812939"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:59:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|From start to end your report has been joy to mark. It was simple and clear to follow with thorough discussions throughout. Additionally, no errors in your work and great to see you referencing. Keep up the fantastic work, you&#039;re doing a great job!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:59, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:45, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Clearly laid out. Good job. Are the effects of quantum tunnelling evenly weighted for heavier and lighter atoms? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:48, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|again this is exemplary. Can you further confirm the bond strengths using your bonding knowledge of H2 and HF...  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:49, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Great, the values are what I would expect! Good methodology.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:53, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent and very well discussed!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:55, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Fantastic, it is obvious you have clearly understood Polanyi&#039;s rules!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:57, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It is even rarer to see conclusions. Perfectly summarised.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:58, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812938</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812938"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:58:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:45, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Clearly laid out. Good job. Are the effects of quantum tunnelling evenly weighted for heavier and lighter atoms? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:48, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|again this is exemplary. Can you further confirm the bond strengths using your bonding knowledge of H2 and HF...  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:49, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Great, the values are what I would expect! Good methodology.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:53, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent and very well discussed!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:55, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Fantastic, it is obvious you have clearly understood Polanyi&#039;s rules!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:57, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It is even rarer to see conclusions. Perfectly summarised.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:58, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812937</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812937"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:57:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:45, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Clearly laid out. Good job. Are the effects of quantum tunnelling evenly weighted for heavier and lighter atoms? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:48, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|again this is exemplary. Can you further confirm the bond strengths using your bonding knowledge of H2 and HF...  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:49, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Great, the values are what I would expect! Good methodology.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:53, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent and very well discussed!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:55, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Fantastic, it is obvious you have clearly understood Polanyi&#039;s rules!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:57, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812936</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812936"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:55:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:45, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Clearly laid out. Good job. Are the effects of quantum tunnelling evenly weighted for heavier and lighter atoms? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:48, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|again this is exemplary. Can you further confirm the bond strengths using your bonding knowledge of H2 and HF...  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:49, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Great, the values are what I would expect! Good methodology.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:53, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent and very well discussed!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:55, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812935</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812935"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:53:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:45, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Clearly laid out. Good job. Are the effects of quantum tunnelling evenly weighted for heavier and lighter atoms? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:48, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|again this is exemplary. Can you further confirm the bond strengths using your bonding knowledge of H2 and HF...  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:49, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Great, the values are what I would expect! Good methodology.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:53, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812934</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812934"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:49:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:45, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Clearly laid out. Good job. Are the effects of quantum tunnelling evenly weighted for heavier and lighter atoms? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:48, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|again this is exemplary. Can you further confirm the bond strengths using your bonding knowledge of H2 and HF...  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:49, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812933</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812933"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:48:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:45, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Clearly laid out. Good job. Are the effects of quantum tunnelling evenly weighted for heavier and lighter atoms? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:48, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812932</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812932"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:45:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good.  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:45, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812931</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812931"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:44:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! You have addressed all points I would look for. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:44, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812930</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812930"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:43:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Perfect  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812929</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812929"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:42:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|I now see you have discussed the point above here :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812928</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812928"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:41:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is good, the TS is a maximum on the lowest energy pathway... the second derivative would indeed give a negative value, but to truly check it is a TS which you highlighted as being a first order saddle point the second derivative will be negative, and the orthogonal direction to that will give a positive value as well. Then you know it is the TS. Check out what a saddle point is, it may help make sense of why we see a positive and negative. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:41, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812927</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812927"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:38:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction, good job for this. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812926</id>
		<title>MRD:01524183</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524183&amp;diff=812926"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:37:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
by Anjli Suchak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The main aims of this experiment were to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, involving the collision of an atom and a diatomic molecule, by calculating Molecular Dynamic trajectories. The systems studied were the symmetric H-H-H system and the non-symmetric F-H-H system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|It has been rare to see an introduction in many reports. Good job. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:37, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: The H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The original H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic is defined as BC with the A H atom colliding to form the AB H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diatomic molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 TS contourplot 01524183.png|thumb|292x292px|Figure 1. A contour plot showing the TS of the H-H-H system and the variation of AB and BC distances, with reaction trajectory and eigenvectors shown.]]&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state (TS) is mathematically defined as the point at which the gradient of the potential with respect to the internal coordinates is zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). This is because the transition state is the local maximum on the minimum energy paths between the reactants and products. There would be no movement of the H atoms at the TS since the force is a derivative of the potential energy and at the TS this is zero therefore the transition state is a stationary point. However, minima are also stationary points. The TS can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second differential of the potential function. By doing so, the nature of the stationary point can be determined: if the second differential is greater than zero, the point is a local minimum and if it is less than zero, the point is a local maximum (the TS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI simulation, the TS was identified by trial and error. At the TS the distance AB and BC must be equal (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric. Therefore the TS lies somewhere along the diagonal line where AB and BC are equal. As the TS is approached, the size of the forces along AB and BC decreases to zero and so the point at which these forces are close to zero is the TS of the potential energy surface. This maximum point can be distinguished from a local minimum by analysing the omega squared values under the Hessian eigenvalues/vectors. A TS is a maximum in one direction and a minimum in the other direction; it is a saddle point. Therefore at the TS, the omega squared would be positive in one direction and negative in the other direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;90.8 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; to 1 d.p.[[File:H3 TS distancetime 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 2. A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time: linear horizontal lines show the constant distances of AB, BC and AC. |359x359px]]This value gave forces of +0.001 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; along AB and BC which are approx. zero. Also, the omega hessian eigenvalues had opposite signs which verified that this point was the TS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the TS, the internuclear distances between AB and BC are the same and so the distance between AC is approximately double the AB (BC) distance. This is shown in the plot of &amp;quot;Internuclear distances vs Time&amp;quot; (Figure 2), as two straight lines of constant distances of AB and BC at 90.8 pm and AC at approximately 181.6 pm. This is because at the TS the H atoms are stationary, with one H atom (the B atom in this case) being approximately halfway between the A and C H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (&#039;&#039;mep) &#039;&#039;is the lowest energy path from reactant to product; it is a special trajectory that correlates to infinitely slow motion. The &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;was calculated by setting the initial conditions as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm (1 pm displaced from the TS position) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (the TS position). The number of steps was also increased to 2500 in order to obtain a complete mep. This calculation was repeated with the calculation type set to &#039;Dynamics&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H3 dynamics mep 01524183.png|thumb|601x601px|Figure 3. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to MEP (left). &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4. A contour plot of BC distance vs AB distance, showing the dynamic&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;trajectory: calculation type was set to Dynamics (right).&lt;br /&gt;
|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plots above, the &#039;&#039;mep &#039;&#039;is a smooth trajectory (left) which indicates that the BC molecule is not vibrating as the system is not oscillating between energy contours. This is because the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t provide a realistic view of the motion of atoms during a reaction; it assumes the atoms are moving at an infinitely slow speed. However, there would be vibration occurring between B and C as they are moving further away from each other. This is shown by the wavy trajectory produced from the dynamic calculation (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories were run for five different momenta combinations (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory crosses the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is wavier after crossing the TS which means the initial diatomic BC has less vibrational energy compared to the forming AB diatomic molecule. However, overall the trajectory is not very wavy therefore there is less vibrational energy compared to translational energy in the whole system.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 1 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.08&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does not cross the TS therefore it is unreactive. The AB distance is changing as the A H atom is moving towards and away from the BC diatomic molecule, which means it has more translational energy compared to vibrational. This is shown in the plot as the line is not very wavy. However, the BC distance doesn&#039;t change as the diatomic molecule remains intact.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 2 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory does cross the TS therefore it is reactive. The line is quite wavy which means there is some vibrational energy but more translational energy. This is quite similar to the plot in Figure 5 as the potential energies are the same therefore the waviness of the trajectories are the same. However, the kinetic energies are a little different, making the total energies different.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 3 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive &lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory just crosses the TS however it does not enter the product channel instead it goes back to the reactant channel. This is called barrier re-crossing. Therefore it is overall unreactive. The trajectory is very wavy which means there is a lot of vibrational energy in the system and less translational energy.  In the beginning, the AB and BC distances are changing as the middle B atom is oscillating between the A and C atoms. However, in the end, the molecule BC is reformed which is why the AB distance is large. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 4 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as it does cross the TS. The line is very wavy which shows that the system has more vibrational energy compared to translational. As the A atom gets closer to the initial BC molecule, the AB distance decreases and the BC distance increases, however, at the TS the B atom oscillates between the A and C atoms as it is attracted to both. This means there&#039;s a lot of vibrational energy near the TS. In the end, it does form the AB product molecule, which is shown by the trajectory increase in BC distance.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:H3 5 01524183.png|thumb|375x375px|Figure 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta would be reactive. For example, increasing the value of momenta to -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and -10.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; still gives an unreactive trajectory. Also, low values of momenta can be reactive as is the first momenta combination (Figure 5). This is because vibrational energy also needs to be taken into account, not only the kinetic energy. The degree of vibrational and translational energy is determined by analysing the trajectory line shape: a more wavy line would mean more vibrational energy whereas a more smooth line corresponds to more translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The TS theory is a theory used to determine absolute reaction rates based on the reactant and transition state structure properties. A few important assumptions this theory makes are&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 10, pg. 290&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
# Every trajectory that has enough energy to roll over the TS will definitely go to form the products. This means that once the reactants have crossed the energy barrier they can&#039;t go back to form reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Therefore the overall rate of reaction of reactants to products increases, overestimating the rate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The concentration of the TS is in equilibrium with the reactant concentration; this is known as the Quasi-equilibrium hypothesis ([X]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 0.5 K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [A][B], where A + B → X&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;‡ &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;→ P). This means that even though there is no equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This leads to an overestimate of the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quantum tunnelling is not taken into account; the theory is treated purely classical as a translation. If quantum tunnelling was taken into account the rate would increase so in this case the theory underestimates the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
As the first assumption is the most crucial, it has a larger weighting effect on the rate compared to quantum tunnelling. Therefore overall the TS theory predictions overestimate the reaction rate values compared to the experimental values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2:  F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (forward reaction) is exothermic as the reactants are at a higher energy in comparison to the products therefore energy is released to the surroundings. The H + HF reaction (backward reaction) is endothermic as the products are at a higher energy than the reactants. The exothermicity of the forward reaction indicates that the bond strength of HF is larger than that of HH as the energy required to break the HH bond is less than the energy released upon forming HF. Also, the endothermicity of the backward reaction means that the energy required to break the strong HF bond is greater than the energy released to form the products (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). This is confirmed by the literature values of HF and HH bond strengths of 565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. deB., Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. &#039;&#039;Natl. Stand. Ref. data Syst.&#039;&#039; 1970, &#039;&#039;31&#039;&#039;, pg. 9-48.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 436 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PES FHH 01524183.png|centre|thumb|678x678px|Figure 10. (left) A potential energy surface plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction (A: F, B: H and C: H). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a higher energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11. (right) A potential energy surface plot of the H + HF reaction. (A: H, B: H and C: F). The reactant channel (small BC and large AB; the left channel) is at a lower energy value compared to the products (large BC and small AB). Therefore, this forward reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH2 TS 01524183.png|thumb|Figure 12. A contour plot of the F-H-H system, showing the approximate position of the TS. The point is in the reactant channel as the forward reaction is exothermic. When viewed in terms of the backward reaction the TS is in the product channel as it is endothermic.|326x326px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for both the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward (H + HF) reactions is at the same point. As the system is not symmetric, the TS is not defined as the point where AB = BC, instead Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in order to determine the TS point. The Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the TS of a reaction resembles the reactants if the reaction is exothermic (an early TS) and it resembles the products if the reaction is endothermic (a late TS). Therefore, the TS would be close to the reactants of the forward reaction and the products of the backward reaction which is the same (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). So by setting the initial conditions such that AB is a larger distance than BC (where A: F, B: H and C: H), the TS was found. The momenta values were set to zero because the nuclei are stationary at the TS as it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) was approximated to be at an AB distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;181.4 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; and BC distance of &#039;&#039;&#039;74.5 pm&#039;&#039;&#039; (A: F, B: H and C: H). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values gave force values along AB and BC of 0.000 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and 0.006 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; respectively, which are close to zero, as expected at the TS point. They also gave Hessian eigenvalues/vectors of opposite signs which also indicated that this was the TS position. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference in energy of the TS and the minimum of the reactant channel. This difference is smaller for the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) exothermic reaction compared to the backwards (H + HF)  endothermic reaction. The minimum point was found by testing different distance values until the energy value was constant as this is when the plateau has been reached.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be  -433.98 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H2 reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was -435.10 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--435.10 =  &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.12 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and AB is a larger distance than the BC bond distance of HH).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 EA 01524183.png|thumb|342x342px|Figure 13. Finding the activation energy using mep. The activation energies could also be found by running mep calculations where the distance values are those of the TS but with the AB distance displaced by approx. 1 pm ( AB = 179 pm and BC = 74.5 pm, where A: F, B: H, C: H).]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the minimum point (reactants energy) was  -560.70 kJ.mol-1. The activation energy was found to be -433.98--560.70 = &#039;&#039;&#039;+126.72 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; (where A: F, B: H, C: H and BC is a larger distance than AB bond distance of HF).       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies could also be found by performing a mep calculation (see Figure 13).        &lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.  ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is shown in Figure 14, as a contour plot. Initially, the reactants have more translational kinetic energy therefore the atoms are moving very fast. Whereas, after the reaction has occurred (the region where the BC distance is increasing), there is more vibrational energy as there are more oscillations in the product valley. Therefore, potential energy is being converted to vibrational energy and the system releases the reaction energy as vibrational energy. In this way, the conservation of energy is held true. This could be confirmed experimentally by IR spectroscopy (IR absorption) and infrared chemiluminescence (emission of vibration by IR light).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01524183 FH2 reaction.png|left|thumb|306x306px|Figure 14. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction showing the reactive trajectory. Initial conditions were set as AB: 175 pm and -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, BC: 74 pm and 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; , with the number of steps as 3000. (where A: F, B: H and C: H).]]&#039;&#039;&#039;IR spectroscopy &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, initially, all the molecules are in the ground state in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gas. However, as a result of the reaction, a small proportion of the molecules are excited and transfer to a vibrationally first excited state. This can be seen from the plot (Figure 14), as the vibrational energy increases in the product channel. Therefore, the IR spectrum of the thermally relaxed sample would show one absorption peak. However, the excited sample would show a fundamental peak, corresponding to the excitation from the ground state to the first excited state, and also an overtone peak, corresponding to the excitation from the first excited state to the second excited state, at a lower wavenumber. The peaks would be at different wavenumbers due to the anharmonicity of the potential energy surface. By measuring the intensity of the overtone over time, the number of molecules that are vibrationally excited as time goes on can be deduced. The intensity of the overtone would decrease, as energy would be released as radiation due to exothermicity of the reaction, therefore there would be fewer molecules in the first electronically excited state over time. Whereas, the intensity of the fundamental peak would increase as more molecules would be in the ground state which could be excited to the first excited state.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Infrared chemiluminescence&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another method for examining the energy distribution in the products. In this case, vibrationally excited molecules emit infrared radiation as they return to their ground states. The populations of the vibrational states of the products may be determined by studying the intensities of the IR emission spectrum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins, P.; Paula, J. de; Keeler, J. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 11th ed.; Oxford University Press, 2018, Ch. 18, pg. 804&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
From Polyani&#039;s rules, it can be deduced that for exothermic reactions, translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy at overcoming the TS barrier. Whereas, for endothermic reactions, vibrational energy is more effective than translational energy at passing the TS barrier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, Ch. 12, pg. 460-471&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore, an early energy barrier favours more highly vibrational products and a late energy barrier favours products with more translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998, Ch. 9, pg. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions the TS is located in the reactant channel (early TS) therefore molecules with most energy in motion would easily be able to surmount the barrier. This is because a vibrationally excited reactant molecule would be too busy oscillating from side to side and so wouldn&#039;t have enough energy left to reach the top of the TS barrier. Therefore, the reactant vibrational energy in excess of the TS barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions, the TS is located in the product channel (late TS), therefore reactant molecules with most vibrational energy would easily be able to cross the barrier. This is because the vibrationally excited reactant molecules would be travelling down the reactant channel; they have to travel further in order to cross the TS barrier. The chances of the reactant molecules with the correct phase finding the TS barrier is higher due to the higher amount of vibrational energy. A reactant molecule with more translational energy, in this case, would simply slam into the repulsive inner wall of the potential surface and bounce back into the entrance channel.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example trajectories are given in the table below in order to show this concept. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(forwards reaction)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 15. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules cannot easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 FHH 2.png|centre|thumb|381x381px|Figure 16. A contour plot of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy can easily surmount the early TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Endothermic H + HF reaction &lt;br /&gt;
(backwards reaction) &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 1.png|thumb|381x381px|Figure 17. A contour plot of the H + HF&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;endothermic reaction, showing that vibrationally excited reactant molecules can easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01524183 HHF 2.png|thumb|382x382px|Figure 18. A contour plot of the H + HF endothermic reaction, showing that reactant molecules with high translational energy cannot easily surmount the late TS barrier. The initial conditions were set as, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -0.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(where A: F, B: H and C: H). ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the outcomes of chemical reactions were studied by analysing transition states, reaction coordinates, contour plots and potential energy surfaces. The systems studied involved the collision and reaction between an atom and a diatomic molecule in a linear configuration in the gas phase. The reactions analysed were H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF. If the reaction had a reactive trajectory, it formed a new diatomic molecule and an atom. Lastly, for a chemical reaction to take place the energy must be distributed correctly in the molecules; they must be in the right vibrational and translational modes at the right time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812925</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812925"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:34:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* EXERCISE 1: H + H2 system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{fontcolor1|green|Overall this report was a pleasure to mark. Your presentation was perfect. Additionally, you have answered each question in depth explaining your methodology and reasoning. It is great to see you have also included references. Keep up the great work! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:34, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent. I think you mean TST leads to an overestimation of the rate compared to experimentally measured rate (because it does not consider barrier recrossing, but experimentally this can happen - so not a simple Reactants to products). Remember, reference information this is smiled upon.[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:23, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Also you can justify the bond strengths using your knowledge of bonding for HF and H2. A step further, search the literature for bond energy values for each and see how that can support your answer. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:26, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Values look correct. good job on remembering your units throughout. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:28, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is an incredibly thorough discussion! Great job. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:30, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Wow. It is clear you have understood Polanyi&#039;s rules![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:33, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812924</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812924"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:33:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent. I think you mean TST leads to an overestimation of the rate compared to experimentally measured rate (because it does not consider barrier recrossing, but experimentally this can happen - so not a simple Reactants to products). Remember, reference information this is smiled upon.[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:23, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Also you can justify the bond strengths using your knowledge of bonding for HF and H2. A step further, search the literature for bond energy values for each and see how that can support your answer. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:26, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Values look correct. good job on remembering your units throughout. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:28, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is an incredibly thorough discussion! Great job. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:30, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Wow. It is clear you have understood Polanyi&#039;s rules![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:33, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812923</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812923"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:33:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent. I think you mean TST leads to an overestimation of the rate compared to experimentally measured rate (because it does not consider barrier recrossing, but experimentally this can happen - so not a simple Reactants to products). Remember, reference information this is smiled upon.[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:23, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Also you can justify the bond strengths using your knowledge of bonding for HF and H2. A step further, search the literature for bond energy values for each and see how that can support your answer. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:26, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Values look correct. good job on remembering your units throughout. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:28, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is an incredibly thorough discussion! Great job. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:30, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Wow. It is clear you have understood Polany&#039;s rules![[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:33, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812922</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812922"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:30:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent. I think you mean TST leads to an overestimation of the rate compared to experimentally measured rate (because it does not consider barrier recrossing, but experimentally this can happen - so not a simple Reactants to products). Remember, reference information this is smiled upon.[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:23, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Also you can justify the bond strengths using your knowledge of bonding for HF and H2. A step further, search the literature for bond energy values for each and see how that can support your answer. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:26, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Values look correct. good job on remembering your units throughout. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:28, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This is an incredibly thorough discussion! Great job. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:30, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812921</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812921"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:28:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Potential energy surface inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent. I think you mean TST leads to an overestimation of the rate compared to experimentally measured rate (because it does not consider barrier recrossing, but experimentally this can happen - so not a simple Reactants to products). Remember, reference information this is smiled upon.[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:23, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Also you can justify the bond strengths using your knowledge of bonding for HF and H2. A step further, search the literature for bond energy values for each and see how that can support your answer. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:26, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Values look correct. good job on remembering your units throughout. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:28, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812920</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812920"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:26:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Potential energy surface inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent. I think you mean TST leads to an overestimation of the rate compared to experimentally measured rate (because it does not consider barrier recrossing, but experimentally this can happen - so not a simple Reactants to products). Remember, reference information this is smiled upon.[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:23, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Also you can justify the bond strengths using your knowledge of bonding for HF and H2. A step further, search the literature for bond energy values for each and see how that can support your answer. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:26, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812919</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812919"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:24:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent. I think you mean TST leads to an overestimation of the rate compared to experimentally measured rate (because it does not consider barrier recrossing, but experimentally this can happen - so not a simple Reactants to products). Remember, reference information this is smiled upon.[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:23, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812918</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812918"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:23:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent. I think you mean TST leads to an overestimation of the rate (because it does not consider barrier recrossing, but experimentally this can happen - so not a simple Reactants to products). Remember, reference information this is smiled upon.[[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:23, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812917</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812917"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:20:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| :) [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:20, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812916</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812916"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:18:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Calculating the reaction path */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Perfect! Visually you can see how your first point alters each graph!   [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:18, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812915</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812915"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:15:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* The best estimate for transition state position */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Excellent! Good job in explaining your methodology!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:15, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812914</id>
		<title>MRD:bs4618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs4618&amp;diff=812914"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T09:14:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* The transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface. As such, it is a stationary point and the gradient of the potential energy is zero. For a two-variable function, the first derivative with respect to both variables must be 0: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0  and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate the saddle point from local maxima or minima of the function, the nature of the obtained stationary points can be determined calculating the discriminant (&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;) of the potential energy function:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;D = f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)×f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) - [f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;D &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;then the potential energy function has a saddle point at &#039;&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,)&#039;&#039;, whereas if &#039;&#039;D &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;gt; 0 &#039;&#039;the stationary point is a local minimum, if  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2,0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) &amp;lt; 0 &#039;&#039;it is a local maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. With differentiating between TS and local minimum the value of the second derivative being negative does not instantly mean it is a TS, but rather the value being positive in all directions indicates it is a local minimum. With the second derivative being negative and then positive in the orthogonal direction it indicates it is the TS (this makes sense because check out what a saddle point is). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 10:14, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The best estimate for transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
As all three atoms are hydrogens, the transition state must be symmetric i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(ts) = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. To give a good approximation for this distance, a simulation can be set up with arbitrary, but equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values. This way both &#039;outside&#039; hydrogens will be at equal distance from the middle hydrogen atom at all times (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and will undergo an oscillation centred at the middle hydrogen that remains stationary. The potential energy will reach it&#039;s minimum every time the distances are equal to the transition the transition state distance. These time coordinates can be read from the energy vs time plot. At these time coordinates the atoms are in their transition state positions, and this internuclear distance can be read from the internuclear distance vs time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_E_vs_T.png_bs4618|thumb|300px|center|Energy vs. time plot of a three hydrogen system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm initial distances. As it can be seen the potential energy is the lowest at around t = 7, 12, 27, 32 and 47 femtoseconds.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_140_BC_140_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of the same system. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. At the same time coordinates where the potential energy was minimal, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ≈ 90 pm. Note that the plot of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is in complete overlap due to symmetry.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These values can be plugged in for a second simulation to refine the results. When the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is matched, the atoms remain stationary and both the energy and the distance over time functions remain constant, the kinetic energy is 0 and no oscillatory behaviour can be seen. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) value was obtained to be 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_E_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|320px|center|Energy vs. time plot of the same system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm initial distances. This value was obtained to be closest to the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value. The potential energy remains constant at its minimum, equalling total energy and the kinetic energy is 0 as there is no nuclear motion.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_ID_vs_T_bs4618.png|thumb|325px|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. There is no visible change in any distances as there is no nuclear motion.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the settings to minimum energy path from dynamics allows allows calculating the reaction path. This works by setting the velocities to 0 in each step, therefore the motion of the atoms will not be affected by their initial momenta, only the forces acting upon them. The trajectory appears the following after a small displacement from the transition state(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|center|Potential energy trajectory with MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The initial value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was the transition internuclear distance, 90.8 pm, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was a bit higher, 91.8 pm. On the trajectory, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is approaching 74 pm, the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases towards infinity as the third H atom moves away.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The same can be seen on the interatomic distance plot:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time with the same MEP setup. AB = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, BC = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to 74 pm whereas r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is approaching a constant value (as the forces acting on the free H-atom are decaying to 0, there will be no significant force displacing the atom which velocity has been reset to 0 in every step).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the simulation is set back to dynamic, the momenta are transmitted between the steps. This will result in an oscillatory behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory of the previous system but with dynamic setup. It can be seen that the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance (BC) is not at the energy minimum but oscillating in the potential well, while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) increases. This is due to the propagation of the momenta between the steps that prompts the atoms for oscillation. ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; After passing the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillating around the lowest potential energy distance. The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is increasing, approaching a constant gradient but is slightly affected by the oscillatory behaviour of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The distance increases at a much higher rate as the velocities are not being reset to zero. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_91dot8_BC_90dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot with dynamic setup. A-B = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, B-C = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The momenta do not stay 0 anymore. After leaving the transition state, the momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; tends to a constant value as the velocity of the free H atom tends towards constant, getting practically unaffected by the interatomic forces. The oscillating momentum of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to the close-harmonic vibration of the bonding hydrogen atoms.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the initial displacement in a way that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm (transition state distance) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced by 1 pm (91.8 pm) relative to transition state, the simulation shows the same results but with the properties of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;flipped&#039; as now r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is longer than the transition state distance and atom C will detach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with the initial r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance equal to the transition value (90.8 pm), and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; slightly displaced from that (91.8 pm), with dynamic setup.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_90dot8_BC_91dot8_mom_0_0_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this setup.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the parameters are &#039;reversed&#039; i.e. the position and momentum data of the last step of the previous dynamic simulation are set as initial parameter (the momenta with opposite signs), the resulting path will be the same but reversed. The system will arrive to the previous starting point: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|250 px|center|Potential energy trajectory with reversed parameters (the ending positions and momenta of the previous simulation): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 73.6, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 581.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 3.195, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = - 5.073.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_IDbs4618.png|thumb|center|Internuclear distance vs. time plot of this reverse setup. The interatomic distance plot is the mirror image of the previous system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; vertical-align: top;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [[File:Dyn_AB_73dot631_BC_581dot07_mom_-3dot19473_-5dot07333_800St_M_vs_Tbs4618.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. time plot of this reversed setup. the plot is mirrored compared to the original, and the momenta take values of the opposite signs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
From certain initial positions and momenta reactive trajectories are achievable. One would assume if there is a reactive trajectory with a certain value of kinetic energy and momenta, increasing the kinetic energy by setting higher initial momentum values (in absolute value), the resulting trajectories would also always be successful as the higher kinetic energy helps to overcome the activation energy barrier faster. However, testing this hypotheses shows different results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial values were the same for each calculation, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 74 pm, r2 = BC = 200 pm. This means the initial potential energy is constant, -433.787 kJ/mol.The kinetic energy moves the total energy towards a more positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ/mol)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system overcomes the activation barrier and a new bond is formed, similarly to simulations above.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-2dot56_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The system can not reach the activation barrier, it is &#039;turning back&#039; from the potential hill. The total kinetic energy is lower as indicated by the less positive E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and it appears to be too low to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-4dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier has been overcome, similarly to the previous reactive setup, with slightly higher kinetic energy than the previous.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-3dot1_-5dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed, however, it reverts (&#039;bounced back&#039;) and, while atoms B and C came temporarily close together, the potential energy was too high to maintain this bond and the molecule from A and B hydrogens is reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot1_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The barrier is passed similarly to the previous, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is temporarily shorter than r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then it reverts to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then goes &#039;forward&#039; again, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;becomes shorter once again, now forming the B-C hydrogen molecule in a stable way.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_AB_74_BC_200_mom_-5dot1_-10dot6_500St_CPbs4618.png|250 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the total amount of kinetic energy is not the only term determining the outcome. In the first three cases, it can be seen that a certain amount of kinetic energy is necessary. However, in the fourth case, with a steep increase of the momenta therefore the kinetic energy the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. Slightly adjusting p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; momentum lead to a reactive trajectory again. This was a further increase in kinetic energy therefore it can not be assumed, that there was an upper limit in kinetic energy of the reactive trajectories. The explanation is not only in the magnitude but in the ratio of momenta and kinetic energies: part of the kinetic energy is translated into vibrational motion which is, if too high, prevents the formation of a bond, whereas the energy translated into translational motion does not affect the bond formation. If the gained vibrational kinetic energy is too high, no bond will form until a sufficient amount of vibrational kinetic energy is translated into translational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory vs. experimental reaction rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to obtain the rate constant of bimolecular reactions, such as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction studied above. TST has several assumptions to predict the rate. One of them is assuming every trajectory that has enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier (this kinetic energy is along the reaction coordinate i.e. following the mean energy path length) will lead to the formation of products. These can not return to form reactants[src], there is no re-crossing of the barrier either way. It is also assumed that in the TS the reaction coordinate may be separated and treated as translational motion. At this point, there is a discrepancy with the experimental/simulation methods: in the table above, the 4th simulation has shown that after passing the activation barrier, the reactants can be reformed from the product; furthermore, a back-and-forth mechanism is possible until the vibrational kinetic energy is reduced sufficiently. It was shown by the same simulations that there is interconversion between translational and vibrational energy. This factor can lead to the overestimation of an experimentally measured rate. Another assumption in TST is using a model based on classical mechanics[src]. This will not account for quantum tunnelling which can also influence the mechanism (especially for small atoms such as hydrogen), and which would be possible to account for by modelling the particles with wavefunctions. As tunnelling provides a lower energy pathway, not accounting for this effect can lead to an underestimation of the rate. However, this is a minor effect compared to the first assumption therefore the rate is more likely to be overestimated overall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H -H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential energy surface inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the H - H - H system, the potential energy surface of the F - H - H system is not symmetric. The potential energy surface has a much deeper well for low H-F and higher H-H distance (the HF + H system) than for the opposite (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and is therefore thermodynamically more stable. This leads to the conclusion that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic as the system is getting into a lower energy state, releasing energy. This also means that the opposite reaction, HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be endothermic. The F-H bond strength is higher than the H-H bond strength, which can be explained in two ways: since the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H process is exothermic, and only one bond, H-H is broken and only one, F-H is formed, the new bond must be lower in energy and therefore be stronger than the former. The other approach is by looking at the potential energy surface it can be seen that the HF + H system needs much higher amount of energy to reach the top of the energy barrier, therefore (partially) break the bond than that of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, therefore the H-F bond is stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the geometry of the transition state will resemble the one from the reactant or product system which is closer in energy. As the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is higher in energy than the HF + H, it is expected to be closer to the reaction coordinate energy maximum. This means the transition internuclear distance between the hydrogens will be close to the equilibrium H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length, and the F-H distance will be relatively high. Considering this, and refining the distance parameters towards minimal net forces on the atoms, the transition state positions were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 181.0 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74.49 pm. The potential energy i.e. the transition state energy was obtained to be 433.98 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, MEP calculations can be run by setting initial coordinates close to the transition state, but with a small offset to either towards the reactants or the products. Regarding this small offset, a HF + H or an F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system will form. As the MEP method excludes vibrational motion by setting nuclear velocities to zero at every step, the trajectory will follow towards the lowest potential energy pathway. This will approach the energy of the reactants or the products depending in which direction the simulation was aimed. The difference between the transition state and these obtained energies can be calculated, and these energy differences are the activation energies of the reactions HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H. The findings are summarised in a table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!System (reactants) &lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC (initial)&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Potential energy vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
!Final potential  energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|178.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_178_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_5000St_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.36 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.38 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|183.0 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|74.49 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_CPbs4618.png|250 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MEP_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_0_0_7000St_s0dot2_PE_v_tbs4618.png|280 px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.05 kJ/mol&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.07 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of steps was set to 5000 and the step size (similarly to every previous calculation) was 0.1 fs for the HF + H system, but the number had to be increased to 7000 and step size to 0.2 fs for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; due to the low gradient of this part of the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
|The HF + H system reaches its minimal energy rapidly as the potential gradient is very high whereas the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system arrives to this state slowly due to the low gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
By setting appropriate initial internuclear distances and momenta a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H trajectory can be simulated. In the following example r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 183 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 76 pm was set for positions and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(BC) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for momenta in a dynamic setup. On the contour plot it can be seen that the system starts with some translational and a low amplitude vibrational motion. [[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Contour plot of the trajectory with the specified initial parameters. The strong change in the oscillatory behaviour can be seen after passing the transition state determined in the previous section]] These two contribute to the total amount of kinetic energy. Passing the energy barrier and forming the products, the amplitude of the vibration has greatly increased. Looking at the three-dimensional surface plot, it can be seen that the system reaches the approximate &#039;height&#039; of the energy barrier in these vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_183_BC_74dot49_mom_-1dot6_-1_2000St_SPbs4618.png|thumb|Potential energy surface plot with the calculated trajectory. The trajectory starts on the right-hand sign with moderate vibration, but after passing the barrier the vibration becomes much stronger with the amplitude reaching values close to the transition state energy.]] The reason for this is the conservation an conversion of energy. Passing the barrier, the system &#039;falls down&#039; into the potential well. This means the potential energy is released and converted into kinetic energy. Due to the characteristics of this particular potential energy surface, most of this energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy and a smaller amount to translational. This high amount of vibrational energy is expressed in high amplitude (high energy) vibration of the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;This energy conversion can be verified experimentally. In real molecules the levels of vibrational energy are quantised (unlike in the classical model used up to this point), and transition between these levels is possible via excitation (absorption of infrared light with a wavelength corresponding to the energy gap) or relaxation (light emission of the corresponding wavelength). If the molecule gains significant amount of vibrational energy as shown in the previous example, it will get into a vibrational excited state. The proof for the existence of this state can be found by further excitation resulting in infrared absorbance, or by detecting the emitted infrared light during relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The first technique uses the principles of infrared spectroscopy. According to the Boltzmann-distribution, the majority of the molecules are in their vibrational ground state therefore the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition will be detected almost exclusively at ambient temperatures, resulting in a single IR-absorption peak corresponding to the vibration of the bond of interest. However, if the molecules follow a similar trajectory described above, many or even most molecules will be in vibrational excited states which means only a small amount will absorb in the frequency of E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition. The molecules in excited state will absorb the light corresponding to the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or higher transitions and vibrational hot band(s) will appear on the spectrum. These have a slightly lower frequency as the energy spacing between the higher vibrational levels decreases due to anharmonicity. After some time the excited molecules undergo relaxation, and the ground state level becomes populated. This will result in increasing intensity of the fundamental, decreasing intensity of the hot bands. The initial ratio, and the rate of change in intensity of the bands reveals information about the dynamics of the reaction. The other technique uses the infrared emission of the vibrational relaxation, called infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL). The intensity of the light emission and the rate of luminescence decay can be used to study the reaction dynamics similarly to the excitation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Influence of initial translational and vibrational energy components ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the following simulations trajectories for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H reaction are calculated with various initial momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (p(BC)), thus varying mostly the vibrational and partly the translational energy. The other initial parameters, kept unchanged, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC = 74 pm (equilibrium bond length), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB = 220 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p(AB) = -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The findings were summarised in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Comment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS. The translational motion is faster relative to the vibration than initially.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The most negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to lead to reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive due to double-crossing the TS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive without multiple barrier crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier. Unreactive due to double-crossing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Unable to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest positive p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; found to be crossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3.6&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results, there is no simple way of telling if the trajectory will be successful just by knowing the magnitude of the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, apart from low values where the barrier can&#039;t be passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction was studied similarly, changing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, thus the translational kinetic energy of the incoming hydrogen. The other, unchanged initial parameters werer&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 92 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 175 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_0_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-5_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory moved towards the TS but couldn&#039;t reach it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-10_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.7&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot7_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-14.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-14dot8_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Lowest value found to overcome the barrier. Multiple barrier crossings, but reactive trajectory. High amplitude vibration of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-15&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-15_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-16.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;YES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-16dot9_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Highest value found to lead to reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_92_BC_175_mom_-0.5_-18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|270 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hitting high potential value before TS, leading to &#039;reflection&#039;. Any test above this value lead to the same phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, there is a certain value of momentum and kinetic energy needed for the hydrogen to hit the HF in order to perform a successful endothermic reaction that seems to be more dependent on the translational energy than the vibrational. After a certain momentum, the energy will be too high to form new bonds. The translational energy does not have to be chosen as precisely as it could be seen for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to achieve reaction with lower incoming translational energy if the HF has high vibrational energy, however, it requires precise aiming to hit the barrier in a sufficient way. Most of the vibrational energy must be in its kinetic and not potential energy form to pass the barrier. An example for this is the following: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r(AB) = 91.43 pm (around equilibrium), r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r(BC) = 187.57 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 14.3783 ± 0.0002 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It is important to note that the product has a much lower vibrational amplitude therefore less vibrational kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dyn_FHH_AB_91dot43_BC_187dot57_mom_14dot3783_-2dot18_2000St_CPbs4618.png|thumb|Reactive trajectory with low translational, high vibrational energy input. The vibrational energy of the products was much lower than that of the reactant&#039;s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules provide a relationship between the endo-, and exothermic reactions and their energy consumption during the collision. For exothermic processes, i.e. reactions with early transition state, the translational energy is translated into vibrational in case of reactive trajectory. Higher initial vibrational kinetic energy but lower translational energy is less likely to lead to reaction. For endothermic processes, with late transition state, a high translational energy is needed to cross the barrier, whereas a lower amount of vibrational energy can be sufficient but it needs the vibration to be in the correct phase. It is hard to find obvious agreement between the rules and the simulations of the exothermic system: no matter if the translational energy was high, due to the multiple barrier crossings the trajectory was often unreactive. However, if succeeded, high vibrational kinetic energy was gained, not translational energy which is in agreement with the rules. Also with low translational energies the system could not reach the barrier regardless of the initial vibrational energy. On the endothermic path the system seemed to be less sensitive to multiple crossing and a high, but not too high translational energy led to reaction. The momenta needed to cross this barrier was very high especially compared to the case where high vibrational energy could make the reaction succeed besides rather low translational energy. It is important to note that overcoming the barrier with vibrational energy needed to be precisely in the correct phase. The formed products had low vibrational energy unlike the exothermic path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following scientific literature was used for this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
# Atkins P. and de Paula J. &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039; 8th ed., W.H.Freeman 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
# Polanyi, JC&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Science,&#039;&#039; Vol. 236, Issue 4802, 1987, pp. 680-690 DOI: 10.1126/science.236.4802.680&lt;br /&gt;
I did not have the time to fully address these references and add citations which is a weak but honest excuse.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812902</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812902"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T23:01:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{fontcolor1|green|  Overall great report! Each section has been discussed demonstrating great understanding. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 00:01, 25 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. True, you can use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great figure. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  And we see that perfectly in your figure where it is more &#039;wavy&#039; for dynamic than MEP. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Simple but perfectly said! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:48, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Perfect. What are the other TST assumptions? One we can discuss here is also how TST creates energy classically... how does that imact this? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:51, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  You can support yourself by referring bond energy values for H2 and HF. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:52, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Looks like what I&#039;d expect. Good units. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:55, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  How would you measure thermal changes experimentally? You can even check out &#039;chemiluminescence&#039; which may be useful in monitoring the emission of infrared radiation from the sample. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:58, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812901</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812901"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:58:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. True, you can use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great figure. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  And we see that perfectly in your figure where it is more &#039;wavy&#039; for dynamic than MEP. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Simple but perfectly said! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:48, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Perfect. What are the other TST assumptions? One we can discuss here is also how TST creates energy classically... how does that imact this? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:51, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  You can support yourself by referring bond energy values for H2 and HF. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:52, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Looks like what I&#039;d expect. Good units. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:55, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  How would you measure thermal changes experimentally? You can even check out &#039;chemiluminescence&#039; which may be useful in monitoring the emission of infrared radiation from the sample. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:58, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812900</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812900"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:55:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* PES inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. True, you can use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great figure. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  And we see that perfectly in your figure where it is more &#039;wavy&#039; for dynamic than MEP. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Simple but perfectly said! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:48, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Perfect. What are the other TST assumptions? One we can discuss here is also how TST creates energy classically... how does that imact this? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:51, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  You can support yourself by referring bond energy values for H2 and HF. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:52, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Looks like what I&#039;d expect. Good units. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:55, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812899</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812899"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:52:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* PES inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. True, you can use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great figure. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  And we see that perfectly in your figure where it is more &#039;wavy&#039; for dynamic than MEP. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Simple but perfectly said! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:48, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Perfect. What are the other TST assumptions? One we can discuss here is also how TST creates energy classically... how does that imact this? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:51, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  You can support yourself by referring bond energy values for H2 and HF. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:52, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812898</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812898"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:51:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. True, you can use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great figure. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  And we see that perfectly in your figure where it is more &#039;wavy&#039; for dynamic than MEP. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Simple but perfectly said! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:48, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Perfect. What are the other TST assumptions? One we can discuss here is also how TST creates energy classically... how does that imact this? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:51, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812897</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812897"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:48:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. True, you can use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great figure. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  And we see that perfectly in your figure where it is more &#039;wavy&#039; for dynamic than MEP. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Simple but perfectly said! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:48, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812896</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812896"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:45:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Dynamics from the transition state region */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. True, you can use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great figure. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  And we see that perfectly in your figure where it is more &#039;wavy&#039; for dynamic than MEP. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:45, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812895</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812895"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:39:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Dynamics from the transition state region */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. True, you can use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812894</id>
		<title>MRD:01533219</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01533219&amp;diff=812894"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:39:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: /* Dynamics from the transition state region */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a transition state is a maximum point on the plot i.e. the first derivative of energy with the respect to position is zero and the second derivative is negative. Because it&#039;s second derivative is negative it can be distinguished from a local minimum as the local minimum will have a positive second derivative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fuller answers may help make this part clearer. TS is. maximum along a minimum energy pathway. Try you cn use second derivatives to distinguish between the two. Local minimum will always be a positive value in all directions. However a TS can be identified as a saddle point on a PES (check it out!) so that means its second derivative will indeed be negative BUT also positive - your task now is to research how this is possible (hint...all to do with directions). [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:39, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Due to the nature of the transition state explained above, if one starts a trajectory at the transition state, with both momentums being equal to zero (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0), it will remain there and never fall off. There is also no vibrational motion. Using Internuclear Distance vs Time plot (figure 1) it was estimated that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is about 90.8 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Transition state H+H2.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear vs. Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction path when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be plotted using two ways: MEP or Dynamic Method. In the calculation of the MEP velocities are reset to zero each step which results in a shorter path compared to dynamic method. Also unlike MEP, the dynamic method takes into the account the oscillations of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_Dynamics.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot using Dynamics | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_MEP.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot using MEP | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, trajectories with the following momenta were run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-first.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -433.787 || No || Reaction does not proceed as the energy barrier is not crossed due to reactants not possesing enough energy. || [[File:MRD01533219-second.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Reaction pathway goes through the transition state and exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-third.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Reactants have enough energy to proceed through the energy barrier. However, reactants are then reformed due to barrier recrossing.|| [[File:MRD01533219-fourth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || Reaction pathway crosses the transition state multiple times and then exits through the products channel. || [[File:MRD01533219-fifth.png|400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that it is not enough for the system to just have enough energy to cross the energy barrier, due to the possibility of barrier recrossing. Vibrational modes must also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main assumption of TST is that once the transition state is crossed, reactants cannot reform&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. However from reaction 4 in the table above we can see that it is experimentally possible. This would lead to the overestimation of the reaction rate by TST compared to the actual reaction rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F-H-H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction while H + HF is an endothermic reaction. This can be seen in figure 4. This shows that the H-F bond is lower in energy and therefore stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 4: Surface plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles either reactants or the products, whichever it is closer in energy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic, transition state will be closer in energy to F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (reactants) and therefore resemble it, meaning that the distances should be similar to the ones present in F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. By trial and error and setting momentums to zero, the approximate position of the transition state was found to be at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm. This can be confirmed by the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot on which there are no oscillations of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-H_F_Internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 5: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state = -433.981 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 1000 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 74.5 pm. The energy of this state is -435.057 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 435.057 = 1.076 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively small activation energy which is expected as this reaction is exothermic so the transition state is similar energetically to the starting material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 91 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was now set to 1000 pm. The energy of this state is -560.404 kJ/mol. Therefore the activation energy is:&lt;br /&gt;
-433.981 + 560.404 = 126.43 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
This higher than for F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction as expected as H + HF endothermic and the transition state will resemble products energetically rather than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction Dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 170 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the figure 6 it can be seen that the total energy is conserved while kinetic and potential energies are constantly interchanging. From this figure, it can also be seen that H-F bond has greater oscillations than the H-H bond. Therefore it can be suggested that the energy released (exothermic reaction) is used to make H-F bond oscillate. To confirm this experimentally IR spectroscopy can be employed to measure the difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01533219-Conservation_Of_Energy.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ H + HF transition state | centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lead to the fact that the initial states with high translational energy promote reactions with an early transition state (exothermic) while the initial states with high vibrational energy promote reactions with late transition state (endothermic). Therefore it is more efficient for H + HF to have higher vibrational energy rather than the translational energy and for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; it is better to have higher translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Atkins, P., De Paula, J. and Keeler, J., n.d. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry. 11th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.792.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clayden, J., 2004. Organic Chemistry. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press, p.989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Guo, H. and Liu, K., 2016. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chemical Science, 7(7), pp.3992-4003.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812893</id>
		<title>MRD:01552413</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812893"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:32:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{fontcolor1|green|  Overall your report shows you understand the topic at hand. Great discussions provided throughout. I would advise you break up each sections answer into subheadings making it easier to follow the report, giving you a hyperlinked contents for navigation. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:32, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Gradient_123.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 1|none]]The transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products hence can be mathematically defined as ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  which represents that the gradient of the potential is zero. It can be identified by starting a trajectory near the transition state and see whether they roll towards the reactants or products. This can be done several times with slightly varying trajectories in order to accurately identify the transition state.  The transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second derivative and checking whether ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 or ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0  . ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 corresponds to the local minimum whereas ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V([[ri|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]])/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0 corresponds to the maximum ( transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fantastic. Your last point is not wrong wrt. local minimum. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. On a PES it can be seen a TS is a saddle point...see how the second derivative at this point differs from a local minimum in all directions. There you will have your answer in differentiating between the two. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Surface_Plot_01552413.png|495x495px|thumb|Figure 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_distance_plot.png|480x480px|thumb|Figure 2|none]]Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state corresponds to where r1=r2 and hence Figure 2 shows the intersection point at 20 fs with a distance of 90.8 pm. Hence AB=BC= 90.8 pm. Figure 3 shows this point (saddle point) is at the diagonal intersect further providing evidence the transition state is this distance and also the force of the bonds is  0  kJ/mol/pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Nice job! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic_01552413.png|443x443px|thumb|Figure 5]][[File:MEP_01552413.png|464x464px|thumb|Figure 4|none]]The trajectories, was found using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where δ = 1 hence r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm and  &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1  &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Figure 4 shows a mep plot which doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction as the vibration of the atoms aren&#039;t taken into account. However, Figure 5 showing the dynamic plot does include the atomic vibrations hence provides a more realistic account of the motion of atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Exemplary!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:20, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Etot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive?&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Description of the dynamics&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Illustration of the trajectory&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 5 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates.   &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_1.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 6]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-420.081&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 6 shows an unreactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is not large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision doesn&#039;t have enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Compared to Figure 5 the momentum of the incoming A atom is reduced from -5.1 to -4.1 hence decreasing the kinetic energy and so the reactants are reformed&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_2.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 7]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-413.978&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 7 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates. Compared to Figure 6 the momentum of the incoming A atom is increased from -4.1 to -5.1 hence increasing the kinetic energy and so the product forms.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_3.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 8]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-357.274&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 8 shows an unreactive trajectory. Even though there is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier the product AB starts to form but then the system reverts back to the reactants. This is barrier recrossing, where due to large kinetic energies there&#039;s a lot of extra vibrational energy which causes the trajectory to recross the barrier and therefore reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_4.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 9]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-349.476&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 9 shows a reactive trajectory.  There is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Similarly to Figure 7 barrier recrossing occurs where the system reverts back to the reactants but since atom A has higher energy -10.6  vs -10.1 (Figure 8), it&#039;s able to revert back to the product via a higher potential energy. &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_5.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 10]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) states that a molecular collision that leads to reaction must pass through an intermediate state known as the transition state essentially where A-B is partially formed and B-C is partially broken as discussed previously.  It assumes once a transition state has been achieved the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants. However this does not fit with experimental data as shown in Figure 9 the transition state collapses back to the reactants. Therefore TST overestimates the rate of this bimolecular reaction, since it assumes all reactions go to completion, but experimentally this violates the assumption. Furthermore, the TST is also based on the assumption that atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics, hence it ignores Quantum Tunnelling which leads to the underestimation of the TST, but since this is a small effect as compared to barrier recrossing, the TST is mainly an overestimate of rate. The TST  also fails for some reactions at high temperatures due to the more complex motions of molecules or at very low temperatures due to the quantum tunneling.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Great discussion. I would recommend referencing these assumptions. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:24, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.and the value of Activation energy&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ATS_01552413.png|left|452x452px|thumb|Figure 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS1_01552413.png|448x448px|centre|thumb|Figure 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction is exothermic as H-F is stronger than H-H. Even though H-H has stronger covalent character than H-F as the overlap of the 1s orbitals is greater than the overlap of 1s and 2p orbitals of H-F, the H-F molecule is polar due to the very electronegative fluorine atom, hence it has a greater ionic character so forms stronger bonds. H-H is non-polar and hence has no ionic character. The transition state was found by changing the distances of H-H and H-F till the force = 0 kJ/mol/pm. This occurred at HF= 181.1 pm and HH= 74.5 pm. This provides evidence of an early transition sate hence an exothermic process occurs. From this, the activation energy was obtained from the mep plot of energy vs time as shown in Figure 10 and so the activation energy = 121.76 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Good. You could search the literature for experimental bond energies for H2 and HF to support your bonding discussion. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:27, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p= -6.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-4.1_01552413.png|250x250px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:0_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p=2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:4.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The table above shows the contour diagrams at changing momentums of H-H. When p=-4.1, p=2.1, and p=4.1 the reaction proceeds to the products (reactive trajectories)whereas for p=-6.1, p= -2.1 p=0 and p=6.1 after reaching the transition state, it reverts back to the reactants hence these are unreactive trajectories. After reaching the TS for the reactive trajectories there is greater vibrational energy as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond and hence the force constant will be higher therefore the vibrational energy will be larger. This further shows the difference between experimental results and the transition state theory as when the transition state has reached, the product (H-F) doesn&#039;t always form as it reverts back to the reactants.[[File:Momentaa_01552413.png|491x491px|right|thumb|Figure 13]][[File:Standard_01552413.png|498x498px|thumb|Figure 14|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism of energy release can be interpreted, in terms of vibrational energy and translational energy as shown in Figure 13.  At t = 0 fs H-F has no vibrational energy whereas H-H does, as shown by the oscillations on the graph. As the reaction proceeds H-F vibrates more and H-H vibrates less and eventually converges at   p=3.12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;as no oscillations occur hence the energy is purely translational.  H-F has greater oscillations than H-H as the H-F bond is stronger and so the force constant is greater so vibrational energy will be greater. For greater accuracy, IR spectroscopy can be used to confirm this as H-F is has a dipole moment so it is IR active, unlike H2 which is IR inactive hence transition between the energy levels is forbidden. Since H-F molecules can be excited, overtones are produced which suggests vibrational energy is present in the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  How would you measure thermal changes experimentally? You can even check out &#039;chemiluminescence&#039; which may be useful in monitoring the emission of infrared radiation from the sample. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:29, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;HF + H&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF1_01552413.png|488x488px|thumb|Figure 15]][[File:HF2_01552413.png|500x500px|thumb|Figure 16|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bond distances found for the reactive trajectory was rHF = 74.49 pm and rHH= 181 pm with p = -3 and -5.1 repectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction will be endothermic as the reactant H-F is lower in energy than the product H-H since H-F is a stronger bond than H-H as discussed previously. Via Hammond&#039;s postulate, the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products, hence a late transition state is observed. The transition state is located as previously discussed, was H-H = 74.12 pm and HF = 181.5 pm. The activation energy = 145.7 kJ/mol as shown in Figure 14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Te effect of translational and vibrational energies on the reaction efficiency and position of the TS can be explained by Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules. For an exothermic F + H2 reaction, the reaction barrier is usually located in the entrance valley of the reaction, that is, an early barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, reactant translational energy is then more effective than vibration to surmount the barrier to reaction, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. For an endothermic, H + HF, process a late transition barrier occurs, and hence the vibrational energy is more effective than translation to surmount the reaction barrier, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great understanding of Polanyi&#039;s rule. how does relate to your trajectories studied? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:30, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Yeston, J. (2012). Stretching the Polanyi Rules. &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, 338(6113), pp.1397–1397.&lt;br /&gt;
# Schramm, V.L. (2007). Enzymatic Transition State Theory and Transition State Analogue Design. &#039;&#039;Journal of Biological Chemistry&#039;&#039;, 282(39), pp.28297–28300.&lt;br /&gt;
# Levine, R.D. (1990). The steric factor in transition state theory and in collison theory. &#039;&#039;Chemical Physics Letters&#039;&#039;, 175(4), pp.331–337.  ‌  ‌&lt;br /&gt;
‌&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812892</id>
		<title>MRD:01552413</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812892"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:30:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Gradient_123.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 1|none]]The transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products hence can be mathematically defined as ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  which represents that the gradient of the potential is zero. It can be identified by starting a trajectory near the transition state and see whether they roll towards the reactants or products. This can be done several times with slightly varying trajectories in order to accurately identify the transition state.  The transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second derivative and checking whether ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 or ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0  . ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 corresponds to the local minimum whereas ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V([[ri|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]])/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0 corresponds to the maximum ( transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fantastic. Your last point is not wrong wrt. local minimum. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. On a PES it can be seen a TS is a saddle point...see how the second derivative at this point differs from a local minimum in all directions. There you will have your answer in differentiating between the two. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Surface_Plot_01552413.png|495x495px|thumb|Figure 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_distance_plot.png|480x480px|thumb|Figure 2|none]]Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state corresponds to where r1=r2 and hence Figure 2 shows the intersection point at 20 fs with a distance of 90.8 pm. Hence AB=BC= 90.8 pm. Figure 3 shows this point (saddle point) is at the diagonal intersect further providing evidence the transition state is this distance and also the force of the bonds is  0  kJ/mol/pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Nice job! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic_01552413.png|443x443px|thumb|Figure 5]][[File:MEP_01552413.png|464x464px|thumb|Figure 4|none]]The trajectories, was found using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where δ = 1 hence r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm and  &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1  &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Figure 4 shows a mep plot which doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction as the vibration of the atoms aren&#039;t taken into account. However, Figure 5 showing the dynamic plot does include the atomic vibrations hence provides a more realistic account of the motion of atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Exemplary!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:20, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Etot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive?&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Description of the dynamics&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Illustration of the trajectory&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 5 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates.   &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_1.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 6]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-420.081&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 6 shows an unreactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is not large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision doesn&#039;t have enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Compared to Figure 5 the momentum of the incoming A atom is reduced from -5.1 to -4.1 hence decreasing the kinetic energy and so the reactants are reformed&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_2.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 7]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-413.978&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 7 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates. Compared to Figure 6 the momentum of the incoming A atom is increased from -4.1 to -5.1 hence increasing the kinetic energy and so the product forms.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_3.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 8]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-357.274&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 8 shows an unreactive trajectory. Even though there is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier the product AB starts to form but then the system reverts back to the reactants. This is barrier recrossing, where due to large kinetic energies there&#039;s a lot of extra vibrational energy which causes the trajectory to recross the barrier and therefore reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_4.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 9]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-349.476&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 9 shows a reactive trajectory.  There is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Similarly to Figure 7 barrier recrossing occurs where the system reverts back to the reactants but since atom A has higher energy -10.6  vs -10.1 (Figure 8), it&#039;s able to revert back to the product via a higher potential energy. &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_5.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 10]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) states that a molecular collision that leads to reaction must pass through an intermediate state known as the transition state essentially where A-B is partially formed and B-C is partially broken as discussed previously.  It assumes once a transition state has been achieved the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants. However this does not fit with experimental data as shown in Figure 9 the transition state collapses back to the reactants. Therefore TST overestimates the rate of this bimolecular reaction, since it assumes all reactions go to completion, but experimentally this violates the assumption. Furthermore, the TST is also based on the assumption that atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics, hence it ignores Quantum Tunnelling which leads to the underestimation of the TST, but since this is a small effect as compared to barrier recrossing, the TST is mainly an overestimate of rate. The TST  also fails for some reactions at high temperatures due to the more complex motions of molecules or at very low temperatures due to the quantum tunneling.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Great discussion. I would recommend referencing these assumptions. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:24, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.and the value of Activation energy&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ATS_01552413.png|left|452x452px|thumb|Figure 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS1_01552413.png|448x448px|centre|thumb|Figure 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction is exothermic as H-F is stronger than H-H. Even though H-H has stronger covalent character than H-F as the overlap of the 1s orbitals is greater than the overlap of 1s and 2p orbitals of H-F, the H-F molecule is polar due to the very electronegative fluorine atom, hence it has a greater ionic character so forms stronger bonds. H-H is non-polar and hence has no ionic character. The transition state was found by changing the distances of H-H and H-F till the force = 0 kJ/mol/pm. This occurred at HF= 181.1 pm and HH= 74.5 pm. This provides evidence of an early transition sate hence an exothermic process occurs. From this, the activation energy was obtained from the mep plot of energy vs time as shown in Figure 10 and so the activation energy = 121.76 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Good. You could search the literature for experimental bond energies for H2 and HF to support your bonding discussion. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:27, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p= -6.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-4.1_01552413.png|250x250px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:0_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p=2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:4.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The table above shows the contour diagrams at changing momentums of H-H. When p=-4.1, p=2.1, and p=4.1 the reaction proceeds to the products (reactive trajectories)whereas for p=-6.1, p= -2.1 p=0 and p=6.1 after reaching the transition state, it reverts back to the reactants hence these are unreactive trajectories. After reaching the TS for the reactive trajectories there is greater vibrational energy as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond and hence the force constant will be higher therefore the vibrational energy will be larger. This further shows the difference between experimental results and the transition state theory as when the transition state has reached, the product (H-F) doesn&#039;t always form as it reverts back to the reactants.[[File:Momentaa_01552413.png|491x491px|right|thumb|Figure 13]][[File:Standard_01552413.png|498x498px|thumb|Figure 14|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism of energy release can be interpreted, in terms of vibrational energy and translational energy as shown in Figure 13.  At t = 0 fs H-F has no vibrational energy whereas H-H does, as shown by the oscillations on the graph. As the reaction proceeds H-F vibrates more and H-H vibrates less and eventually converges at   p=3.12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;as no oscillations occur hence the energy is purely translational.  H-F has greater oscillations than H-H as the H-F bond is stronger and so the force constant is greater so vibrational energy will be greater. For greater accuracy, IR spectroscopy can be used to confirm this as H-F is has a dipole moment so it is IR active, unlike H2 which is IR inactive hence transition between the energy levels is forbidden. Since H-F molecules can be excited, overtones are produced which suggests vibrational energy is present in the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  How would you measure thermal changes experimentally? You can even check out &#039;chemiluminescence&#039; which may be useful in monitoring the emission of infrared radiation from the sample. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:29, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;HF + H&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF1_01552413.png|488x488px|thumb|Figure 15]][[File:HF2_01552413.png|500x500px|thumb|Figure 16|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bond distances found for the reactive trajectory was rHF = 74.49 pm and rHH= 181 pm with p = -3 and -5.1 repectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction will be endothermic as the reactant H-F is lower in energy than the product H-H since H-F is a stronger bond than H-H as discussed previously. Via Hammond&#039;s postulate, the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products, hence a late transition state is observed. The transition state is located as previously discussed, was H-H = 74.12 pm and HF = 181.5 pm. The activation energy = 145.7 kJ/mol as shown in Figure 14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Te effect of translational and vibrational energies on the reaction efficiency and position of the TS can be explained by Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules. For an exothermic F + H2 reaction, the reaction barrier is usually located in the entrance valley of the reaction, that is, an early barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, reactant translational energy is then more effective than vibration to surmount the barrier to reaction, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. For an endothermic, H + HF, process a late transition barrier occurs, and hence the vibrational energy is more effective than translation to surmount the reaction barrier, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Great understanding of Polanyi&#039;s rule. how does relate to your trajectories studied? [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:30, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Yeston, J. (2012). Stretching the Polanyi Rules. &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, 338(6113), pp.1397–1397.&lt;br /&gt;
# Schramm, V.L. (2007). Enzymatic Transition State Theory and Transition State Analogue Design. &#039;&#039;Journal of Biological Chemistry&#039;&#039;, 282(39), pp.28297–28300.&lt;br /&gt;
# Levine, R.D. (1990). The steric factor in transition state theory and in collison theory. &#039;&#039;Chemical Physics Letters&#039;&#039;, 175(4), pp.331–337.  ‌  ‌&lt;br /&gt;
‌&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812891</id>
		<title>MRD:01552413</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812891"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:29:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Gradient_123.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 1|none]]The transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products hence can be mathematically defined as ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  which represents that the gradient of the potential is zero. It can be identified by starting a trajectory near the transition state and see whether they roll towards the reactants or products. This can be done several times with slightly varying trajectories in order to accurately identify the transition state.  The transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second derivative and checking whether ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 or ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0  . ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 corresponds to the local minimum whereas ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V([[ri|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]])/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0 corresponds to the maximum ( transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fantastic. Your last point is not wrong wrt. local minimum. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. On a PES it can be seen a TS is a saddle point...see how the second derivative at this point differs from a local minimum in all directions. There you will have your answer in differentiating between the two. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Surface_Plot_01552413.png|495x495px|thumb|Figure 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_distance_plot.png|480x480px|thumb|Figure 2|none]]Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state corresponds to where r1=r2 and hence Figure 2 shows the intersection point at 20 fs with a distance of 90.8 pm. Hence AB=BC= 90.8 pm. Figure 3 shows this point (saddle point) is at the diagonal intersect further providing evidence the transition state is this distance and also the force of the bonds is  0  kJ/mol/pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Nice job! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic_01552413.png|443x443px|thumb|Figure 5]][[File:MEP_01552413.png|464x464px|thumb|Figure 4|none]]The trajectories, was found using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where δ = 1 hence r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm and  &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1  &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Figure 4 shows a mep plot which doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction as the vibration of the atoms aren&#039;t taken into account. However, Figure 5 showing the dynamic plot does include the atomic vibrations hence provides a more realistic account of the motion of atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Exemplary!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:20, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Etot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive?&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Description of the dynamics&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Illustration of the trajectory&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 5 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates.   &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_1.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 6]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-420.081&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 6 shows an unreactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is not large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision doesn&#039;t have enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Compared to Figure 5 the momentum of the incoming A atom is reduced from -5.1 to -4.1 hence decreasing the kinetic energy and so the reactants are reformed&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_2.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 7]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-413.978&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 7 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates. Compared to Figure 6 the momentum of the incoming A atom is increased from -4.1 to -5.1 hence increasing the kinetic energy and so the product forms.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_3.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 8]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-357.274&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 8 shows an unreactive trajectory. Even though there is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier the product AB starts to form but then the system reverts back to the reactants. This is barrier recrossing, where due to large kinetic energies there&#039;s a lot of extra vibrational energy which causes the trajectory to recross the barrier and therefore reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_4.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 9]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-349.476&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 9 shows a reactive trajectory.  There is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Similarly to Figure 7 barrier recrossing occurs where the system reverts back to the reactants but since atom A has higher energy -10.6  vs -10.1 (Figure 8), it&#039;s able to revert back to the product via a higher potential energy. &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_5.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 10]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) states that a molecular collision that leads to reaction must pass through an intermediate state known as the transition state essentially where A-B is partially formed and B-C is partially broken as discussed previously.  It assumes once a transition state has been achieved the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants. However this does not fit with experimental data as shown in Figure 9 the transition state collapses back to the reactants. Therefore TST overestimates the rate of this bimolecular reaction, since it assumes all reactions go to completion, but experimentally this violates the assumption. Furthermore, the TST is also based on the assumption that atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics, hence it ignores Quantum Tunnelling which leads to the underestimation of the TST, but since this is a small effect as compared to barrier recrossing, the TST is mainly an overestimate of rate. The TST  also fails for some reactions at high temperatures due to the more complex motions of molecules or at very low temperatures due to the quantum tunneling.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Great discussion. I would recommend referencing these assumptions. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:24, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.and the value of Activation energy&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ATS_01552413.png|left|452x452px|thumb|Figure 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS1_01552413.png|448x448px|centre|thumb|Figure 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction is exothermic as H-F is stronger than H-H. Even though H-H has stronger covalent character than H-F as the overlap of the 1s orbitals is greater than the overlap of 1s and 2p orbitals of H-F, the H-F molecule is polar due to the very electronegative fluorine atom, hence it has a greater ionic character so forms stronger bonds. H-H is non-polar and hence has no ionic character. The transition state was found by changing the distances of H-H and H-F till the force = 0 kJ/mol/pm. This occurred at HF= 181.1 pm and HH= 74.5 pm. This provides evidence of an early transition sate hence an exothermic process occurs. From this, the activation energy was obtained from the mep plot of energy vs time as shown in Figure 10 and so the activation energy = 121.76 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Good. You could search the literature for experimental bond energies for H2 and HF to support your bonding discussion. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:27, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p= -6.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-4.1_01552413.png|250x250px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:0_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p=2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:4.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The table above shows the contour diagrams at changing momentums of H-H. When p=-4.1, p=2.1, and p=4.1 the reaction proceeds to the products (reactive trajectories)whereas for p=-6.1, p= -2.1 p=0 and p=6.1 after reaching the transition state, it reverts back to the reactants hence these are unreactive trajectories. After reaching the TS for the reactive trajectories there is greater vibrational energy as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond and hence the force constant will be higher therefore the vibrational energy will be larger. This further shows the difference between experimental results and the transition state theory as when the transition state has reached, the product (H-F) doesn&#039;t always form as it reverts back to the reactants.[[File:Momentaa_01552413.png|491x491px|right|thumb|Figure 13]][[File:Standard_01552413.png|498x498px|thumb|Figure 14|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism of energy release can be interpreted, in terms of vibrational energy and translational energy as shown in Figure 13.  At t = 0 fs H-F has no vibrational energy whereas H-H does, as shown by the oscillations on the graph. As the reaction proceeds H-F vibrates more and H-H vibrates less and eventually converges at   p=3.12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;as no oscillations occur hence the energy is purely translational.  H-F has greater oscillations than H-H as the H-F bond is stronger and so the force constant is greater so vibrational energy will be greater. For greater accuracy, IR spectroscopy can be used to confirm this as H-F is has a dipole moment so it is IR active, unlike H2 which is IR inactive hence transition between the energy levels is forbidden. Since H-F molecules can be excited, overtones are produced which suggests vibrational energy is present in the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  How would you measure thermal changes experimentally? You can even check out &#039;chemiluminescence&#039; which may be useful in monitoring the emission of infrared radiation from the sample. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:29, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;HF + H&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF1_01552413.png|488x488px|thumb|Figure 15]][[File:HF2_01552413.png|500x500px|thumb|Figure 16|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bond distances found for the reactive trajectory was rHF = 74.49 pm and rHH= 181 pm with p = -3 and -5.1 repectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction will be endothermic as the reactant H-F is lower in energy than the product H-H since H-F is a stronger bond than H-H as discussed previously. Via Hammond&#039;s postulate, the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products, hence a late transition state is observed. The transition state is located as previously discussed, was H-H = 74.12 pm and HF = 181.5 pm. The activation energy = 145.7 kJ/mol as shown in Figure 14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Te effect of translational and vibrational energies on the reaction efficiency and position of the TS can be explained by Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules. For an exothermic F + H2 reaction, the reaction barrier is usually located in the entrance valley of the reaction, that is, an early barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, reactant translational energy is then more effective than vibration to surmount the barrier to reaction, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. For an endothermic, H + HF, process a late transition barrier occurs, and hence the vibrational energy is more effective than translation to surmount the reaction barrier, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Yeston, J. (2012). Stretching the Polanyi Rules. &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, 338(6113), pp.1397–1397.&lt;br /&gt;
# Schramm, V.L. (2007). Enzymatic Transition State Theory and Transition State Analogue Design. &#039;&#039;Journal of Biological Chemistry&#039;&#039;, 282(39), pp.28297–28300.&lt;br /&gt;
# Levine, R.D. (1990). The steric factor in transition state theory and in collison theory. &#039;&#039;Chemical Physics Letters&#039;&#039;, 175(4), pp.331–337.  ‌  ‌&lt;br /&gt;
‌&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812890</id>
		<title>MRD:01552413</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812890"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:27:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Gradient_123.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 1|none]]The transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products hence can be mathematically defined as ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  which represents that the gradient of the potential is zero. It can be identified by starting a trajectory near the transition state and see whether they roll towards the reactants or products. This can be done several times with slightly varying trajectories in order to accurately identify the transition state.  The transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second derivative and checking whether ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 or ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0  . ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 corresponds to the local minimum whereas ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V([[ri|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]])/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0 corresponds to the maximum ( transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fantastic. Your last point is not wrong wrt. local minimum. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. On a PES it can be seen a TS is a saddle point...see how the second derivative at this point differs from a local minimum in all directions. There you will have your answer in differentiating between the two. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Surface_Plot_01552413.png|495x495px|thumb|Figure 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_distance_plot.png|480x480px|thumb|Figure 2|none]]Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state corresponds to where r1=r2 and hence Figure 2 shows the intersection point at 20 fs with a distance of 90.8 pm. Hence AB=BC= 90.8 pm. Figure 3 shows this point (saddle point) is at the diagonal intersect further providing evidence the transition state is this distance and also the force of the bonds is  0  kJ/mol/pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Nice job! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic_01552413.png|443x443px|thumb|Figure 5]][[File:MEP_01552413.png|464x464px|thumb|Figure 4|none]]The trajectories, was found using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where δ = 1 hence r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm and  &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1  &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Figure 4 shows a mep plot which doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction as the vibration of the atoms aren&#039;t taken into account. However, Figure 5 showing the dynamic plot does include the atomic vibrations hence provides a more realistic account of the motion of atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Exemplary!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:20, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Etot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive?&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Description of the dynamics&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Illustration of the trajectory&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 5 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates.   &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_1.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 6]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-420.081&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 6 shows an unreactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is not large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision doesn&#039;t have enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Compared to Figure 5 the momentum of the incoming A atom is reduced from -5.1 to -4.1 hence decreasing the kinetic energy and so the reactants are reformed&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_2.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 7]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-413.978&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 7 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates. Compared to Figure 6 the momentum of the incoming A atom is increased from -4.1 to -5.1 hence increasing the kinetic energy and so the product forms.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_3.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 8]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-357.274&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 8 shows an unreactive trajectory. Even though there is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier the product AB starts to form but then the system reverts back to the reactants. This is barrier recrossing, where due to large kinetic energies there&#039;s a lot of extra vibrational energy which causes the trajectory to recross the barrier and therefore reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_4.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 9]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-349.476&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 9 shows a reactive trajectory.  There is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Similarly to Figure 7 barrier recrossing occurs where the system reverts back to the reactants but since atom A has higher energy -10.6  vs -10.1 (Figure 8), it&#039;s able to revert back to the product via a higher potential energy. &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_5.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 10]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) states that a molecular collision that leads to reaction must pass through an intermediate state known as the transition state essentially where A-B is partially formed and B-C is partially broken as discussed previously.  It assumes once a transition state has been achieved the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants. However this does not fit with experimental data as shown in Figure 9 the transition state collapses back to the reactants. Therefore TST overestimates the rate of this bimolecular reaction, since it assumes all reactions go to completion, but experimentally this violates the assumption. Furthermore, the TST is also based on the assumption that atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics, hence it ignores Quantum Tunnelling which leads to the underestimation of the TST, but since this is a small effect as compared to barrier recrossing, the TST is mainly an overestimate of rate. The TST  also fails for some reactions at high temperatures due to the more complex motions of molecules or at very low temperatures due to the quantum tunneling.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Great discussion. I would recommend referencing these assumptions. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:24, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.and the value of Activation energy&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ATS_01552413.png|left|452x452px|thumb|Figure 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS1_01552413.png|448x448px|centre|thumb|Figure 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction is exothermic as H-F is stronger than H-H. Even though H-H has stronger covalent character than H-F as the overlap of the 1s orbitals is greater than the overlap of 1s and 2p orbitals of H-F, the H-F molecule is polar due to the very electronegative fluorine atom, hence it has a greater ionic character so forms stronger bonds. H-H is non-polar and hence has no ionic character. The transition state was found by changing the distances of H-H and H-F till the force = 0 kJ/mol/pm. This occurred at HF= 181.1 pm and HH= 74.5 pm. This provides evidence of an early transition sate hence an exothermic process occurs. From this, the activation energy was obtained from the mep plot of energy vs time as shown in Figure 10 and so the activation energy = 121.76 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Good. You could search the literature for experimental bond energies for H2 and HF to support your bonding discussion. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:27, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p= -6.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-4.1_01552413.png|250x250px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:0_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p=2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:4.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The table above shows the contour diagrams at changing momentums of H-H. When p=-4.1, p=2.1, and p=4.1 the reaction proceeds to the products (reactive trajectories)whereas for p=-6.1, p= -2.1 p=0 and p=6.1 after reaching the transition state, it reverts back to the reactants hence these are unreactive trajectories. After reaching the TS for the reactive trajectories there is greater vibrational energy as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond and hence the force constant will be higher therefore the vibrational energy will be larger. This further shows the difference between experimental results and the transition state theory as when the transition state has reached, the product (H-F) doesn&#039;t always form as it reverts back to the reactants.[[File:Momentaa_01552413.png|491x491px|right|thumb|Figure 13]][[File:Standard_01552413.png|498x498px|thumb|Figure 14|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism of energy release can be interpreted, in terms of vibrational energy and translational energy as shown in Figure 13.  At t = 0 fs H-F has no vibrational energy whereas H-H does, as shown by the oscillations on the graph. As the reaction proceeds H-F vibrates more and H-H vibrates less and eventually converges at   p=3.12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;as no oscillations occur hence the energy is purely translational.  H-F has greater oscillations than H-H as the H-F bond is stronger and so the force constant is greater so vibrational energy will be greater. For greater accuracy, IR spectroscopy can be used to confirm this as H-F is has a dipole moment so it is IR active, unlike H2 which is IR inactive hence transition between the energy levels is forbidden. Since H-F molecules can be excited, overtones are produced which suggests vibrational energy is present in the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;HF + H&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF1_01552413.png|488x488px|thumb|Figure 15]][[File:HF2_01552413.png|500x500px|thumb|Figure 16|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bond distances found for the reactive trajectory was rHF = 74.49 pm and rHH= 181 pm with p = -3 and -5.1 repectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction will be endothermic as the reactant H-F is lower in energy than the product H-H since H-F is a stronger bond than H-H as discussed previously. Via Hammond&#039;s postulate, the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products, hence a late transition state is observed. The transition state is located as previously discussed, was H-H = 74.12 pm and HF = 181.5 pm. The activation energy = 145.7 kJ/mol as shown in Figure 14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Te effect of translational and vibrational energies on the reaction efficiency and position of the TS can be explained by Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules. For an exothermic F + H2 reaction, the reaction barrier is usually located in the entrance valley of the reaction, that is, an early barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, reactant translational energy is then more effective than vibration to surmount the barrier to reaction, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. For an endothermic, H + HF, process a late transition barrier occurs, and hence the vibrational energy is more effective than translation to surmount the reaction barrier, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Yeston, J. (2012). Stretching the Polanyi Rules. &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, 338(6113), pp.1397–1397.&lt;br /&gt;
# Schramm, V.L. (2007). Enzymatic Transition State Theory and Transition State Analogue Design. &#039;&#039;Journal of Biological Chemistry&#039;&#039;, 282(39), pp.28297–28300.&lt;br /&gt;
# Levine, R.D. (1990). The steric factor in transition state theory and in collison theory. &#039;&#039;Chemical Physics Letters&#039;&#039;, 175(4), pp.331–337.  ‌  ‌&lt;br /&gt;
‌&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812889</id>
		<title>MRD:01552413</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01552413&amp;diff=812889"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T22:24:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mys18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Gradient_123.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 1|none]]The transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products hence can be mathematically defined as ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  which represents that the gradient of the potential is zero. It can be identified by starting a trajectory near the transition state and see whether they roll towards the reactants or products. This can be done several times with slightly varying trajectories in order to accurately identify the transition state.  The transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by taking the second derivative and checking whether ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 or ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0  . ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;gt;  0 corresponds to the local minimum whereas ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V([[ri|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]])/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0 corresponds to the maximum ( transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Fantastic. Your last point is not wrong wrt. local minimum. TS is a maximum along a minimum energy pathway. On a PES it can be seen a TS is a saddle point...see how the second derivative at this point differs from a local minimum in all directions. There you will have your answer in differentiating between the two. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Surface_Plot_01552413.png|495x495px|thumb|Figure 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_distance_plot.png|480x480px|thumb|Figure 2|none]]Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state corresponds to where r1=r2 and hence Figure 2 shows the intersection point at 20 fs with a distance of 90.8 pm. Hence AB=BC= 90.8 pm. Figure 3 shows this point (saddle point) is at the diagonal intersect further providing evidence the transition state is this distance and also the force of the bonds is  0  kJ/mol/pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Nice job! [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:13, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic_01552413.png|443x443px|thumb|Figure 5]][[File:MEP_01552413.png|464x464px|thumb|Figure 4|none]]The trajectories, was found using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where δ = 1 hence r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91.8 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm and  &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1  &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Figure 4 shows a mep plot which doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction as the vibration of the atoms aren&#039;t taken into account. However, Figure 5 showing the dynamic plot does include the atomic vibrations hence provides a more realistic account of the motion of atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Exemplary!  [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:20, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Etot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive?&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Description of the dynamics&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Illustration of the trajectory&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Reactive&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 5 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates.   &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_1.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 6]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-420.081&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 6 shows an unreactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is not large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision doesn&#039;t have enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Compared to Figure 5 the momentum of the incoming A atom is reduced from -5.1 to -4.1 hence decreasing the kinetic energy and so the reactants are reformed&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_2.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 7]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-413.978&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 7 shows a reactive trajectory as the kinetic energy is large enough to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. After the formation of AB and as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases the molecule vibrates. Compared to Figure 6 the momentum of the incoming A atom is increased from -4.1 to -5.1 hence increasing the kinetic energy and so the product forms.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_3.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 8]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-357.274&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 8 shows an unreactive trajectory. Even though there is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier the product AB starts to form but then the system reverts back to the reactants. This is barrier recrossing, where due to large kinetic energies there&#039;s a lot of extra vibrational energy which causes the trajectory to recross the barrier and therefore reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_4.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 9]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-349.476&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 9 shows a reactive trajectory.  There is enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier and hence the collision has enough energy to break the BC bond and form the new AB bond. Similarly to Figure 7 barrier recrossing occurs where the system reverts back to the reactants but since atom A has higher energy -10.6  vs -10.1 (Figure 8), it&#039;s able to revert back to the product via a higher potential energy. &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;[[File:Counter_01552413_5.png|400x400px|thumb|Figure 10]]&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) states that a molecular collision that leads to reaction must pass through an intermediate state known as the transition state essentially where A-B is partially formed and B-C is partially broken as discussed previously.  It assumes once a transition state has been achieved the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants. However this does not fit with experimental data as shown in Figure 9 the transition state collapses back to the reactants. Therefore TST overestimates the rate of this bimolecular reaction, since it assumes all reactions go to completion, but experimentally this violates the assumption. Furthermore, the TST is also based on the assumption that atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics, hence it ignores Quantum Tunnelling which leads to the underestimation of the TST, but since this is a small effect as compared to barrier recrossing, the TST is mainly an overestimate of rate. The TST  also fails for some reactions at high temperatures due to the more complex motions of molecules or at very low temperatures due to the quantum tunneling.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|  Great discussion. I would recommend referencing these assumptions. [[User:Mys18|Mys18]] ([[User talk:Mys18|talk]]) 23:24, 24 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.and the value of Activation energy&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ATS_01552413.png|left|452x452px|thumb|Figure 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS1_01552413.png|448x448px|centre|thumb|Figure 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction is exothermic as H-F is stronger than H-H. Even though H-H has stronger covalent character than H-F as the overlap of the 1s orbitals is greater than the overlap of 1s and 2p orbitals of H-F, the H-F molecule is polar due to the very electronegative fluorine atom, hence it has a greater ionic character so forms stronger bonds. H-H is non-polar and hence has no ionic character. The transition state was found by changing the distances of H-H and H-F till the force = 0 kJ/mol/pm. This occurred at HF= 181.1 pm and HH= 74.5 pm. This provides evidence of an early transition sate hence an exothermic process occurs. From this, the activation energy was obtained from the mep plot of energy vs time as shown in Figure 10 and so the activation energy = 121.76 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p= -6.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=-2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-4.1_01552413.png|250x250px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:-2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:0_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p=2.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=4.1&lt;br /&gt;
!p=6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:2.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:4.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:6.1_01552413.png|left|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The table above shows the contour diagrams at changing momentums of H-H. When p=-4.1, p=2.1, and p=4.1 the reaction proceeds to the products (reactive trajectories)whereas for p=-6.1, p= -2.1 p=0 and p=6.1 after reaching the transition state, it reverts back to the reactants hence these are unreactive trajectories. After reaching the TS for the reactive trajectories there is greater vibrational energy as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond and hence the force constant will be higher therefore the vibrational energy will be larger. This further shows the difference between experimental results and the transition state theory as when the transition state has reached, the product (H-F) doesn&#039;t always form as it reverts back to the reactants.[[File:Momentaa_01552413.png|491x491px|right|thumb|Figure 13]][[File:Standard_01552413.png|498x498px|thumb|Figure 14|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism of energy release can be interpreted, in terms of vibrational energy and translational energy as shown in Figure 13.  At t = 0 fs H-F has no vibrational energy whereas H-H does, as shown by the oscillations on the graph. As the reaction proceeds H-F vibrates more and H-H vibrates less and eventually converges at   p=3.12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;as no oscillations occur hence the energy is purely translational.  H-F has greater oscillations than H-H as the H-F bond is stronger and so the force constant is greater so vibrational energy will be greater. For greater accuracy, IR spectroscopy can be used to confirm this as H-F is has a dipole moment so it is IR active, unlike H2 which is IR inactive hence transition between the energy levels is forbidden. Since H-F molecules can be excited, overtones are produced which suggests vibrational energy is present in the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;HF + H&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF1_01552413.png|488x488px|thumb|Figure 15]][[File:HF2_01552413.png|500x500px|thumb|Figure 16|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bond distances found for the reactive trajectory was rHF = 74.49 pm and rHH= 181 pm with p = -3 and -5.1 repectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction will be endothermic as the reactant H-F is lower in energy than the product H-H since H-F is a stronger bond than H-H as discussed previously. Via Hammond&#039;s postulate, the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products, hence a late transition state is observed. The transition state is located as previously discussed, was H-H = 74.12 pm and HF = 181.5 pm. The activation energy = 145.7 kJ/mol as shown in Figure 14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Te effect of translational and vibrational energies on the reaction efficiency and position of the TS can be explained by Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules. For an exothermic F + H2 reaction, the reaction barrier is usually located in the entrance valley of the reaction, that is, an early barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, reactant translational energy is then more effective than vibration to surmount the barrier to reaction, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. For an endothermic, H + HF, process a late transition barrier occurs, and hence the vibrational energy is more effective than translation to surmount the reaction barrier, thus, accelerating the reaction rate. &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Yeston, J. (2012). Stretching the Polanyi Rules. &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, 338(6113), pp.1397–1397.&lt;br /&gt;
# Schramm, V.L. (2007). Enzymatic Transition State Theory and Transition State Analogue Design. &#039;&#039;Journal of Biological Chemistry&#039;&#039;, 282(39), pp.28297–28300.&lt;br /&gt;
# Levine, R.D. (1990). The steric factor in transition state theory and in collison theory. &#039;&#039;Chemical Physics Letters&#039;&#039;, 175(4), pp.331–337.  ‌  ‌&lt;br /&gt;
‌&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mys18</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>